1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary
168 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
169 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
170 symbol without a GOT entry. */
171 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
174 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
175 the global hash table. */
177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
179 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
181 /* External symbol information. */
184 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
186 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
188 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
189 a readonly section. */
190 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
192 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
193 section) against this symbol. */
194 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index
;
196 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
197 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
198 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
200 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
202 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
203 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
206 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
207 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
208 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
210 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
211 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
214 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
215 being called returns a floating point value. */
216 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
218 /* Are we forced local? .*/
219 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
222 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
226 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
228 /* We no longer use this. */
229 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
230 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
232 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
233 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
234 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
235 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
236 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
237 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
238 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
239 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
241 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
242 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
245 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
250 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
251 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
252 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
256 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
258 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
261 "_procedure_string_table",
262 "_procedure_table_size",
266 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
271 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
272 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
273 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
274 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
275 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
276 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
285 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
286 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
287 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
291 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
292 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
293 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
294 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
295 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
296 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
301 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
302 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
303 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
304 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
305 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
313 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
319 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
321 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
324 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
326 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
328 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
330 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
332 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
333 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
334 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
335 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
336 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
338 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
339 has different meaning for each type:
342 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
343 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
344 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
345 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
348 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
349 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
350 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
351 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
356 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
358 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
359 loader for use by the static exception system. */
361 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
362 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
363 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
364 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
365 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
366 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
367 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
368 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
369 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
370 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
372 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
374 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
375 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
377 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
378 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *));
379 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
380 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*));
381 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
382 PARAMS ((PTR
, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
383 struct ecoff_debug_info
*));
384 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
385 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
386 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
387 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*));
388 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
389 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*));
390 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
391 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*));
392 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
393 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*));
395 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
396 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_Msym
*, Elf32_Internal_Msym
*));
398 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
399 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*, Elf32_External_Msym
*));
400 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
401 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
402 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
403 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
404 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
405 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
406 static int gptab_compare
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
407 static asection
* mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
408 static asection
* mips_elf_got_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
409 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
410 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
**));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
));
421 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
431 struct mips_got_info
*));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
));
437 static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
441 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
443 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*));
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
445 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
));
446 static asection
*mips_elf_create_msym_section
448 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
449 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
450 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
452 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
));
453 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
454 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*));
455 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
456 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*,
457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
459 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
460 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
*));
461 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
462 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int));
463 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
464 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*,
466 bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*, asection
*));
467 static void mips_set_isa_flags
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
468 static INLINE
char* elf_mips_abi_name
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
469 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
470 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
472 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
PARAMS ((flagword
));
473 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
474 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
475 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
479 asection
*, bfd_size_type
));
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
481 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
483 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
484 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
488 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
489 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*));
490 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
491 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
492 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
493 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
495 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
496 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
498 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
500 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
501 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
503 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
504 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
505 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
507 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
508 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
510 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
511 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
512 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
514 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
515 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
516 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
518 /* The name of the options section. */
519 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
520 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
522 /* The name of the stub section. */
523 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
524 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
526 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
528 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
530 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
532 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
534 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
535 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
536 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
538 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
539 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
540 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
542 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
543 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
544 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
546 /* Get word-sized data. */
547 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
548 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
550 /* Put out word-sized data. */
551 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
553 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
554 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
556 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
559 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
560 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
561 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
563 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
564 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
565 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
566 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
569 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
572 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
589 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
593 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
596 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
599 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
601 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
603 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
604 slightly different on an SGI system. */
605 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
607 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
608 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
609 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
610 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
613 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
614 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
616 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
619 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
620 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
621 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
622 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
625 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
626 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
627 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
629 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
631 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
634 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
635 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
637 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
640 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
643 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
644 floating point arguments.
646 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
647 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
648 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
649 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
650 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
651 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
652 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
653 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
655 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
656 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
657 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
658 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
659 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
660 stub should be discarded.
662 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
663 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
664 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
665 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
666 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
667 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
668 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
671 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
672 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
673 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
675 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
677 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
678 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
679 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
681 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
683 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
684 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
685 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
688 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
690 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
691 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
693 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
696 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
698 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
699 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
701 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
703 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
704 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
)
705 struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
;
706 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
;
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
715 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
716 bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
717 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)));
718 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
719 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
721 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
722 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
723 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 if (ret
!= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
727 /* Set local fields. */
728 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
729 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
730 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
732 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
733 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= 0;
735 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
737 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
738 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
739 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
740 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
743 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
747 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
)
751 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
752 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
754 sdata
= (struct _mips_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
757 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) sdata
;
759 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
762 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
763 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
766 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, section
, debug
)
769 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
772 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
773 char *ext_hdr
= NULL
;
775 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
776 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
778 ext_hdr
= (char *) bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
779 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
782 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, (file_ptr
) 0,
783 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
786 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
787 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
789 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
791 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
792 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
796 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
797 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
798 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
800 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
801 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
805 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
806 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, PTR
);
807 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, PTR
);
808 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, PTR
);
809 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, PTR
);
810 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
812 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
814 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, PTR
);
815 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, PTR
);
816 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, PTR
);
820 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
827 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
829 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
831 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
832 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
833 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
834 free (debug
->external_sym
);
835 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_opt
);
837 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_aux
);
839 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
841 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
843 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
844 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
845 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
846 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
847 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
848 free (debug
->external_ext
);
852 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
855 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
860 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
865 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
868 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
870 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
872 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
876 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
879 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle
, abfd
, info
, s
, debug
)
882 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
884 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
886 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
887 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
889 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
891 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
892 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
897 unsigned long sindex
;
901 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
909 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
911 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
915 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
917 epdr
= (struct pdr_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
921 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (PTR
) epdr
))
924 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
925 rp
= rpdr
= (RPDR
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
929 size
= sizeof (char *);
930 sv
= (char **) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
934 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
935 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
936 esym
= (struct sym_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
940 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (PTR
) esym
))
944 ss
= (char *) bfd_malloc (count
);
947 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (PTR
) ss
))
951 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
953 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) (epdr
+ i
), &pdr
);
954 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
956 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
957 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
958 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
959 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
960 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
961 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
962 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
964 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
965 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
969 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
970 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
971 rtproc
= (PTR
) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
974 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
978 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
980 erp
= (struct rpdr_ext
*) rtproc
;
981 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
983 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
984 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
985 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
986 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
988 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
990 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
992 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
994 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
996 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) rtproc
;
998 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
999 matters, but someday it might). */
1000 s
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
1029 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1033 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h
, data
)
1034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1035 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
1037 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1038 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1040 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1041 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1043 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1044 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1045 being included in the link. */
1046 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1047 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1048 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1049 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1050 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1053 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1054 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1060 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1061 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1062 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1063 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1066 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1067 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1069 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1070 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1071 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1072 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1073 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1074 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1075 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1076 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1082 bfd_reloc_status_type
1083 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd
, symbol
, reloc_entry
, input_section
,
1084 relocateable
, data
, gp
)
1087 arelent
*reloc_entry
;
1088 asection
*input_section
;
1089 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
1097 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1100 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1102 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1103 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1105 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1106 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1108 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1110 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1111 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->src_mask
== 0)
1113 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
1114 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1118 val
= ((insn
& 0xffff) + reloc_entry
->addend
) & 0xffff;
1123 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1124 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
1125 an external symbol. */
1127 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1128 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1130 insn
= (insn
& ~0xffff) | (val
& 0xffff);
1131 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1134 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1136 else if ((long) val
>= 0x8000 || (long) val
< -0x8000)
1137 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1139 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1142 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1143 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1146 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1148 const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1151 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1152 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1156 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1158 const Elf32_gptab
*in
;
1159 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1168 const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
;
1169 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
;
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1180 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1182 const Elf32_crinfo
*in
;
1183 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
;
1187 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1188 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1189 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1190 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1197 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1200 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1202 const Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1203 Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1205 in
->ms_hash_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1206 in
->ms_info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_info
);
1209 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1212 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1214 const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1215 Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_hash_value
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_info
, ex
->ms_info
);
1221 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1222 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1223 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1226 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1228 const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1231 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1232 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1233 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1234 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1235 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1236 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1240 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1242 const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
;
1243 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1253 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1254 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1255 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1256 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1257 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1260 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1262 const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1263 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1265 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1266 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1267 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1268 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1269 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1270 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1271 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1275 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1277 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1278 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1286 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1289 /* Swap in an options header. */
1292 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1294 const Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1295 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1297 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1298 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1299 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1300 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1303 /* Swap out an options header. */
1306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1308 const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1309 Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1313 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1314 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1321 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1
, arg2
)
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1331 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1334 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1337 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1
, arg2
)
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1344 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1345 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1346 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1347 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1349 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1350 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1354 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1355 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1356 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1357 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1358 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1359 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1360 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1361 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1362 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1363 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1364 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1365 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1366 when generating a final executable. */
1369 mips_elf_output_extsym (h
, data
)
1370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1373 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= (struct extsym_info
*) data
;
1375 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1377 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1378 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1380 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1382 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1383 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1384 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1385 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1387 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1388 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1389 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1390 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1391 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1399 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1402 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1403 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1404 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1405 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1406 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1407 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1409 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1414 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1416 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1417 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1418 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1420 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1421 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1422 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1424 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1426 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1427 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1428 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1429 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1431 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1433 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1434 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1435 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1438 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1440 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1441 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1442 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1447 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1448 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1450 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1451 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1452 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1453 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1456 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1458 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1459 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1460 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1461 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1462 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1463 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1464 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1465 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1466 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1467 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1468 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1469 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1470 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1471 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1472 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1473 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1474 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1476 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1480 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1481 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1484 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1485 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1486 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1487 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1489 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1490 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1491 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1492 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1494 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1495 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1496 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1497 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1498 + sec
->output_offset
1499 + output_section
->vma
);
1501 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1503 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1506 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1508 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1510 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1511 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1516 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1518 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1520 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1523 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1524 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1525 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1526 + sec
->output_offset
1527 + output_section
->vma
);
1529 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1537 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1538 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1541 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1548 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1551 gptab_compare (p1
, p2
)
1555 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p1
;
1556 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p2
;
1558 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1561 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1563 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1566 static INLINE hashval_t
1567 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr
)
1571 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1577 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1578 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1582 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1585 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1587 return entry
->symndx
1588 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1590 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1591 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1595 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1599 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1600 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1602 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1603 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1604 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1605 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1608 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1609 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1610 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1614 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1617 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1619 return entry
->symndx
1621 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1622 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1624 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1625 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1629 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1633 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1634 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1636 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1637 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1638 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1639 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1640 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1643 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1646 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, create_p
)
1648 bfd_boolean create_p
;
1650 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1653 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1654 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1656 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1658 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1663 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1665 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1672 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1675 mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, maybe_excluded
)
1677 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
;
1679 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1681 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1686 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1687 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1690 static struct mips_got_info
*
1691 mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, sgotp
)
1696 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1698 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1700 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1701 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1705 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1710 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1711 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1712 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1715 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
)
1717 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1721 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1722 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1724 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1726 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1728 return entry
->gotidx
;
1733 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1736 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, h
)
1738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1742 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1743 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1745 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1746 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1748 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1750 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1752 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1757 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1759 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1761 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1766 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1767 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1769 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1770 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1771 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1773 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1774 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1775 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1776 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1781 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1782 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1783 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1784 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1785 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1788 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, offsetp
)
1790 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1795 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1797 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1799 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1801 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1803 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1808 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1811 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1816 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1817 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1820 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, external
)
1822 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1824 bfd_boolean external
;
1827 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1828 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1832 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1833 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1834 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1836 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1839 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1841 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1843 return entry
->gotidx
;
1848 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1852 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, input_bfd
, index
)
1860 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1862 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1863 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1864 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1866 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1869 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1870 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1872 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1873 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, gg
, sgot
, value
)
1875 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
1879 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1880 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1884 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1886 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1889 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1890 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1893 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1898 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1900 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1905 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1907 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1909 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1910 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1911 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1912 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1917 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1918 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
1923 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1924 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1925 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1926 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1927 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1928 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1931 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, max_local
)
1932 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1933 unsigned long max_local
;
1935 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
1936 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1939 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1941 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
1944 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
1945 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
1946 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1947 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1948 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1949 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1950 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1951 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1952 too large offsets. */
1953 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
1954 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
1955 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
1956 elf_hash_table (info
)),
1957 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
1960 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1961 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1962 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
1963 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
1964 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
1966 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1967 table index in the GOT. */
1968 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
1973 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1974 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
1978 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h
, data
)
1979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1982 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
1983 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*) data
;
1985 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1986 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1988 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
1990 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
1993 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
1994 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
1995 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
1997 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
1999 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2000 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2001 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2003 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2004 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2007 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2008 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2014 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2015 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2019 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
)
2020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2022 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2023 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2025 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2027 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2029 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2031 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2035 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2038 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2044 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2046 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2049 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2050 need to do it again. */
2054 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2060 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2062 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2065 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2066 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2067 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2073 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2074 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2077 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, symndx
, addend
, g
)
2081 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2083 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2086 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2087 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2088 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2089 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2094 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2096 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2101 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2106 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2109 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_
)
2112 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2113 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2115 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2118 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2121 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
2125 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2126 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2127 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2128 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2130 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2133 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2134 be the master GOT data. */
2136 static struct mips_got_info
*
2137 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
)
2138 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2141 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2147 p
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2148 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2151 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2152 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2156 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp
, p
)
2160 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2161 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2162 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2163 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2164 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2167 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2169 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2170 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2171 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2177 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2178 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2188 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2189 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2190 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2197 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2198 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2200 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2201 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2202 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2204 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2214 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2215 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2216 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2221 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2229 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2230 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2231 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2232 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2233 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2234 and then make make the new got current. */
2237 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_
, p
)
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2242 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2243 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2244 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2245 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2246 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2248 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2249 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2250 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2252 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2253 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2255 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2256 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2257 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2258 else if (arg
->primary
2259 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2261 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2262 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2263 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2265 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2267 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2268 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2270 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2273 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2274 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2275 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2278 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2279 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2281 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2282 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2284 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2285 else if (arg
->current
2286 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2288 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2289 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2290 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2292 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2294 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2295 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2297 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2300 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2303 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2305 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2306 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2308 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2309 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2310 overflows anyway. */
2313 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2314 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2316 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2322 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2323 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2324 got) to the given VALUE.
2326 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2327 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2328 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2329 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2330 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2331 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2332 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2333 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2336 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp
, p
)
2340 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2341 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2342 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2343 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2345 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2346 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2350 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2352 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2353 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2354 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2355 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2356 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2357 if (arg
->info
->shared
2358 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2359 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2360 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2361 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2362 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2363 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2366 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2372 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2373 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2374 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2375 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2376 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2377 the traversal must be restarted. */
2379 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp
, p
)
2383 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2384 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2386 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2388 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2390 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2391 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2392 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2394 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2399 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2400 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2401 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2403 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2404 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2407 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2408 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2410 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2413 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2414 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2420 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2423 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
)
2424 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2430 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2432 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2433 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2436 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2439 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2442 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, g
, ibfd
)
2444 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2447 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2450 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2454 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2458 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2461 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2462 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2465 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd
, info
, g
, got
, pages
)
2467 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2468 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2470 bfd_size_type pages
;
2472 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2473 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2474 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2475 unsigned int assign
;
2477 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2478 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
,
2480 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2483 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2484 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2485 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2487 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2488 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2489 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2490 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2491 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2494 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2495 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2496 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2497 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2498 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2499 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2500 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2501 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2503 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2504 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2505 to be the primary GOT. */
2506 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2507 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2510 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2511 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2513 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2514 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2515 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2518 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2519 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2520 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2521 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2522 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2523 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2525 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2527 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2530 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2531 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2533 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2537 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2538 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2539 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2540 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2543 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2546 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2547 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2554 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2556 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2560 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2561 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2562 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2565 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2566 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2567 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2568 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2569 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2570 follows IRIX's practice.
2572 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2573 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2574 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2575 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2579 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2580 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2581 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2585 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2586 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2587 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2588 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2589 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2590 their entries can be omitted. */
2591 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2592 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2595 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2596 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2597 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2598 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2599 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2600 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2601 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2602 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2603 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2606 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2607 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2608 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2609 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2610 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2611 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2612 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2613 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2614 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2615 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2616 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2617 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2618 points back to the master GOT. */
2619 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2620 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2626 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2628 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2629 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2630 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2631 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2633 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2634 list that gg points to. */
2642 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2643 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2649 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2650 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2652 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2653 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, r_type
, relocation
, relend
)
2654 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2655 unsigned int r_type
;
2656 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2657 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2659 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2660 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2661 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2662 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2663 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2664 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2665 while (relocation
< relend
)
2667 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2673 /* We didn't find it. */
2674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2678 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2681 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
, local_sections
,
2684 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2685 asection
**local_sections
;
2686 bfd_boolean check_forced
;
2688 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2689 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2693 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2694 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2695 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2697 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2699 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2704 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2705 was forced local. */
2706 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2707 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2708 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2709 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2710 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2711 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2712 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2719 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2722 mips_elf_sign_extend (value
, bits
)
2726 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2727 /* VALUE is negative. */
2728 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2733 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2734 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2738 mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, bits
)
2742 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2744 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2745 /* The value is too big. */
2747 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2748 /* The value is too small. */
2755 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2758 mips_elf_high (value
)
2761 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2764 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2767 mips_elf_higher (value
)
2768 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2771 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2774 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2778 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2781 mips_elf_highest (value
)
2782 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2785 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2788 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2792 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2795 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
)
2797 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2800 register asection
*s
;
2802 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2804 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2807 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2809 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2811 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2814 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2820 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2823 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, maybe_exclude
)
2825 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2826 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
;
2829 register asection
*s
;
2830 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2831 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2832 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2835 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2836 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2839 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2840 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2844 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2845 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2848 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2850 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2852 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2853 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2856 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2857 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2858 are not creating a global offset table. */
2860 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2861 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2862 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
2863 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2867 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2868 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2869 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2872 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2875 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2876 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2879 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2880 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2881 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2884 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2885 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
,
2887 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2889 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2890 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2891 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2896 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2897 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2900 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
)
2905 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".msym");
2908 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".msym");
2910 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
,
2914 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2916 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2917 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2924 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2925 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2926 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2928 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2929 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2930 relocation must be JALX.
2932 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2933 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2934 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2935 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2937 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2938 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd
, input_bfd
, input_section
, info
,
2939 relocation
, addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
2940 local_sections
, valuep
, namep
,
2941 require_jalxp
, save_addend
)
2944 asection
*input_section
;
2945 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2946 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2948 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2949 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
2950 asection
**local_sections
;
2953 bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
;
2954 bfd_boolean save_addend
;
2956 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2958 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2961 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2962 shared object file being produced. */
2963 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2964 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2967 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2968 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2969 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2970 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2971 during execution. */
2972 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2973 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2975 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2977 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2979 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2980 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2981 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2984 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2986 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2987 relocation value. */
2988 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2989 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2990 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
2992 /* Parse the relocation. */
2993 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2994 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2995 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2996 + input_section
->output_offset
2997 + relocation
->r_offset
);
2999 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3000 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3002 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3003 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3004 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3005 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3006 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3007 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3008 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3009 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3012 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3013 must come before globals. */
3017 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3020 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3022 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3023 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3025 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3026 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3027 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3028 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3029 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3030 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3032 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3034 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3037 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3038 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3041 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3042 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3043 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3046 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3048 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3052 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3053 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3054 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3055 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3056 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3057 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3058 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3060 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3061 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3063 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3064 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3065 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3066 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3068 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3069 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3070 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3071 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3075 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3076 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3077 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3079 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3080 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3081 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3083 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3084 if (sec
->output_section
)
3085 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3086 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3087 + sec
->output_offset
);
3089 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3091 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3092 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3093 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3094 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3097 else if (info
->shared
3098 && !info
->no_undefined
3099 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3101 else if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3102 strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3104 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3105 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3106 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3107 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3108 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3110 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3111 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3116 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3117 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3118 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3119 (!info
->shared
|| info
->no_undefined
3120 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))))
3121 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3125 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3128 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3129 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3131 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3132 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3133 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3134 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3135 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3137 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3138 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3141 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3144 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3148 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3150 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3151 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3152 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3154 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3155 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3157 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3158 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3160 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3165 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3167 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3168 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3170 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3177 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3180 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3182 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3183 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3186 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3187 special jalx instruction. */
3188 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocateable
3189 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3190 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3192 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3193 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3195 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3196 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3199 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3200 /* If we didn't create a dynamic index for this symbol, it can
3201 be regarded as local. */
3202 if (local_p
|| ! h
|| h
->root
.dynindx
< 0)
3208 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3209 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3210 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3211 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3212 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3213 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3216 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3217 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3218 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3220 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3221 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3223 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3224 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3226 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3227 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3229 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3230 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3231 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3232 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3233 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3234 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3237 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3238 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3239 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3243 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3244 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3246 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3249 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3250 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3251 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3256 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3257 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3258 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3259 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3260 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3261 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3262 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3263 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3265 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3273 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3277 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3280 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3281 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3288 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3290 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3291 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3292 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3293 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3295 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3297 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3298 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3299 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3300 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3303 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3311 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3315 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3316 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3320 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3325 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3326 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3327 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3330 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3331 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 18) - p
;
3332 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3333 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3336 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3337 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3338 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3339 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3340 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3341 the comment there for more information. */
3342 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3343 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3347 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3348 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3349 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3350 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3351 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3354 value
= (((addend
<< 2) | ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3356 value
= (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3357 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3363 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3364 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3368 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3369 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3375 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3378 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3379 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3380 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3381 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3382 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3385 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3386 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3389 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3390 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3391 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3392 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3393 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3394 not check for overflow here. */
3398 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3399 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3400 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3401 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3406 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3407 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3408 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3409 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3410 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3411 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3412 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3413 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3414 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3415 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3416 addend
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3417 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3418 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3419 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3420 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3421 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3425 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3434 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3435 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3437 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3438 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3439 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3440 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3441 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3442 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3444 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3445 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3446 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3452 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3455 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3458 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3459 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3461 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3465 value
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3466 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3469 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3470 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3471 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3472 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3473 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3475 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3476 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3479 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3480 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3481 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3484 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3485 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3486 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3488 if (! (local_p
|| ! h
|| h
->root
.dynindx
< 0))
3490 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3491 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3492 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3493 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3494 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3495 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3498 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3499 if (local_p
|| ! h
|| h
->root
.dynindx
< 0)
3500 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3503 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3507 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3508 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3512 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3513 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3516 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3517 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3518 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3521 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3522 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3523 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3528 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3529 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3530 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3532 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3533 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3534 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3535 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3538 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3539 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3542 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3544 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3547 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3550 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
)
3551 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3552 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3557 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3559 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3560 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3562 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3563 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3564 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3565 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3566 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3567 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3572 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3573 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3574 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3575 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3576 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3577 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3579 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3582 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, relocation
, value
, input_bfd
,
3583 input_section
, contents
, require_jalx
)
3584 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3585 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3586 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3589 asection
*input_section
;
3591 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
3595 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3597 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3598 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3600 /* Obtain the current value. */
3601 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3603 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3604 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3606 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3607 value in a funny way. */
3608 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3610 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3611 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3614 The format of these instructions is:
3616 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3617 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3618 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3620 +-----------------------------------------------+
3622 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3623 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3625 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3626 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3627 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3628 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3629 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3630 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3631 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3632 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3633 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3634 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3637 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3638 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3639 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3640 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3641 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3642 value as two 16-bit values.
3644 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3648 +--------+----------------------+
3652 +--------+----------------------+
3655 +----------+------+-------------+
3659 +----------+--------------------+
3660 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3661 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3663 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
3664 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3665 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3666 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3667 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3669 if (!info
->relocateable
)
3670 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3671 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3672 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3673 | (value
& 0xffff));
3675 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3677 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3678 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3680 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3681 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3682 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3683 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3684 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3686 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3689 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3690 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3691 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3693 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3694 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3695 little-endian system. */
3696 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3697 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3701 /* Set the field. */
3702 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3704 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3708 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3709 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3711 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3712 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3714 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3719 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3723 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3726 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3727 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3728 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3729 input_section
->name
,
3730 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3731 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3735 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3736 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3739 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3740 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3741 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3742 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3743 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3745 /* Put the value into the output. */
3746 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3750 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3753 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd
, section
)
3754 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3757 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3759 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3760 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3761 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3764 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3767 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd
, n
)
3773 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3774 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3776 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3778 /* Make room for a null element. */
3779 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3782 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3785 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3786 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3787 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3788 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3791 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, h
, sec
,
3792 symbol
, addendp
, input_section
)
3794 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3795 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
3796 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3800 asection
*input_section
;
3802 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3808 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3809 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3810 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3811 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3812 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3813 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3814 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3817 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3818 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3819 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3820 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3821 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3822 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3825 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3826 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3827 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3828 if (elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3830 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3831 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3835 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3836 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3837 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3838 machinery tell us the offset. */
3839 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3840 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3841 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3843 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3848 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
3849 || outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
3852 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3853 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3854 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3856 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3861 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3862 in the relocation. */
3864 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3865 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
3867 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3868 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3875 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3877 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3879 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3884 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3889 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3890 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3891 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3892 local symbols because we used to generate them
3893 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3894 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3895 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3896 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3897 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3898 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3903 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3904 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3905 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3906 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3907 if (!indx
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3910 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3911 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3912 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3914 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3915 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3916 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3917 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3918 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3919 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3920 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3921 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3922 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3923 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3924 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3925 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3926 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3927 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3930 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3933 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3934 correct location in the output file. */
3935 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3936 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3937 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3938 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3939 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3940 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3943 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3944 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3945 relocation format is non-standard. */
3946 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3948 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3949 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3951 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3954 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3955 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3956 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3958 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3959 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3961 && (h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
3962 || sreloc
->reloc_count
< h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
3963 h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3965 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3966 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3968 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3969 will be writing to it. */
3970 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3973 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3974 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3976 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
3981 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
3983 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
3984 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
3985 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
3986 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3987 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
3988 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
3990 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
3991 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
3992 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
3994 cr
= (scpt
->contents
3995 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
3996 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
3997 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
3998 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
3999 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4006 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4009 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags
)
4012 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4014 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4015 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4017 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4018 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4020 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4021 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4023 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4024 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4026 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4027 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4029 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4030 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4032 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4033 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4035 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4036 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4038 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4039 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4042 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4046 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4050 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4054 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4058 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4062 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4065 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4066 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4069 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4070 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4073 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4074 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4082 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4084 static INLINE
char *
4085 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd
)
4090 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4091 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4094 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4096 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4100 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4102 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4104 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4106 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4109 return "unknown abi";
4113 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4114 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4115 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4116 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4117 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4118 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4119 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4120 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4122 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4123 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4124 definition in a shared library. */
4125 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4126 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4127 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4129 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4130 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4133 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd
, asym
)
4137 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4139 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4140 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4142 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4143 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4144 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4145 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4146 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4147 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4148 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4150 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4151 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4152 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4153 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4154 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4155 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4156 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4157 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4158 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4159 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4161 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4165 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4166 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4167 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4168 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4171 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4172 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4174 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4175 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4176 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4177 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4178 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4179 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4180 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4181 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4182 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4183 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4185 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4186 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4189 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4190 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4193 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4195 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4199 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4205 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4206 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4207 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4211 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd
, hdr
)
4213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4215 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4216 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4220 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4221 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4224 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4227 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4228 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4232 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4233 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4234 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4235 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4237 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4239 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4240 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4241 so that we don't have to read them again.
4242 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4243 through the section contents to see if there is an
4244 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4246 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4248 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4249 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4251 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4253 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4255 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4262 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4263 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4266 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4267 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 8, abfd
) != 8)
4270 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4277 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4278 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4282 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4289 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4291 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4293 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4294 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4295 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4297 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4298 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4300 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4302 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4303 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4305 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4307 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4308 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4310 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4313 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4315 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4317 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4319 unsigned int adjust
;
4321 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4323 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4331 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4332 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4333 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4335 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4339 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
)
4341 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4346 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4347 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4348 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4349 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4350 probably get away with this. */
4351 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4353 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4354 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4358 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4361 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4362 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4365 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4366 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4369 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4370 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4373 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4374 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4376 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4378 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4379 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4380 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4382 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4384 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4385 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4388 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4389 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4392 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4393 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4396 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4397 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4400 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4401 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4404 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4405 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4406 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4407 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4414 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4419 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4420 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4426 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4428 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4429 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4430 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4431 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4432 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4434 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4437 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, (PTR
) &ext
,
4439 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
4441 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4442 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4445 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4446 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4447 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4448 they should agree. */
4449 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4451 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4453 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4454 if (contents
== NULL
)
4456 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4457 (file_ptr
) 0, hdr
->sh_size
))
4463 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4464 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4466 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4468 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4470 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4472 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4474 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4476 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4477 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4479 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4481 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4483 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4485 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4487 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4488 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4490 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4500 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4501 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4502 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4505 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd
, hdr
, sec
)
4507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4510 register const char *name
;
4512 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4514 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4516 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4517 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4518 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4520 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4521 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4522 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4524 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4525 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4526 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4528 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4529 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4530 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4532 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4533 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4534 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4535 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4536 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4538 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4540 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4542 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4543 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4544 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4545 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4547 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4548 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4550 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4553 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4555 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4556 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4557 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4558 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4560 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4561 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4563 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4564 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4567 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4568 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4569 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4570 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4571 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4572 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4573 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4574 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4576 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4577 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4579 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4581 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4582 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4583 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4585 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4587 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4588 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4589 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4591 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4592 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4593 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4595 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4596 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4597 final_write_processing. */
4599 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4600 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4601 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4603 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4604 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4605 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4607 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4609 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4610 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4611 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4614 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
4615 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
4616 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
4618 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
4619 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
4620 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
4621 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
4622 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
4623 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
4624 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
4625 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd
)
4626 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
4628 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
;
4629 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
4631 esd
= elf_section_data (sec
);
4632 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
4633 esd
->rel_hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4636 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, esd
->rel_hdr2
, sec
, !sec
->use_rela_p
);
4642 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4643 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4644 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4645 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4646 the .scommon section. */
4649 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
, retval
)
4650 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4654 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4656 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4659 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4661 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4667 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4668 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4671 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
)
4673 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4674 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4676 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4680 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4681 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4682 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4684 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4689 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4692 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4693 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4694 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4695 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4698 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4699 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4700 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4701 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4705 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4706 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4708 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4709 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4710 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4712 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4713 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4716 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4717 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4718 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4721 /* Initialize the section. */
4723 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4724 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4726 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4727 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4729 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4730 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4731 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4732 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4733 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4734 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4735 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4737 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4738 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4739 so I took it out. */
4740 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4743 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4744 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4746 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4747 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4749 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4750 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4751 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4753 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4754 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4757 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4758 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4759 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4762 /* Initialize the section. */
4764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4765 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4767 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4768 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4770 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4771 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4772 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4773 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4774 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4775 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4776 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4778 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4779 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4780 so I took it out. */
4781 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4784 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4785 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4789 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4791 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4792 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4794 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4795 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4797 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4799 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4800 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
,
4801 (bfd_vma
) *valp
, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4802 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4805 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4806 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4807 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4808 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4810 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4813 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4816 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4817 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4818 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4819 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4825 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4826 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4827 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4830 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, name
, sym
, input_sec
)
4831 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4832 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4833 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4834 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4835 asection
*input_sec
;
4837 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4838 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4839 common in the output file. */
4840 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4841 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4842 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4844 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
4845 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
4851 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4853 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4856 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
)
4858 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4860 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4861 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4863 register asection
*s
;
4864 const char * const *namep
;
4866 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4867 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4869 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4870 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4873 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4877 /* We need to create .got section. */
4878 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4881 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4884 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4885 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4886 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4887 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
4888 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
))
4891 /* Create .stub section. */
4892 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4893 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4895 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4897 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4898 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4899 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4903 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4905 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4907 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4909 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4910 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4911 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4915 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4916 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4917 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4918 the linker takes such action. */
4919 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4921 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4924 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4925 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
4926 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4927 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4930 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4931 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4932 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4933 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4935 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4939 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4940 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4942 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4946 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4947 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4949 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4950 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4952 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4953 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4955 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4956 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4958 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4959 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4961 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4968 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4970 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4971 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
4972 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4973 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4976 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4977 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4978 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4979 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4981 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4984 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4986 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4987 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4988 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4989 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4991 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4993 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4995 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4996 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4997 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4998 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5001 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5002 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5003 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5004 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5006 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5014 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5015 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5018 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
5020 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5022 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5026 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5027 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5028 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5030 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5031 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5034 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5036 if (info
->relocateable
)
5039 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5040 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5041 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5042 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5044 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5046 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5047 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5049 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5051 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5054 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5056 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5057 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5061 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5062 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5063 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5064 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5067 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5069 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5070 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5071 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5072 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5073 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5074 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5075 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5076 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5077 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5080 sec_relocs
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
5081 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5082 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5083 info
->keep_memory
));
5084 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5087 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5088 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5089 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5090 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5093 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5102 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5103 not need it. Since this function is called before
5104 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5105 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5107 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5111 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5113 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5115 unsigned long symcount
;
5119 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5120 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5122 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5123 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5124 n
= (asection
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5127 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5130 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5132 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5133 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5134 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5135 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5139 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5141 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5142 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5144 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5147 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5150 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5151 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5153 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5154 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5157 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5160 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5162 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5163 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5165 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5166 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5167 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5168 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5169 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5170 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5171 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5175 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5176 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5178 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5180 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5181 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5183 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5185 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5186 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5187 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5188 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5189 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5190 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5191 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5192 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5193 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5195 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5200 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5210 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5215 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5216 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5217 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5222 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5223 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5224 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5226 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5227 unsigned int r_type
;
5228 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5230 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5231 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5233 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5235 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5237 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5238 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5239 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5240 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5245 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5247 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5250 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5251 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5255 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5256 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5262 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5263 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5264 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5265 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5266 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5267 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5268 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5270 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5271 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5273 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5280 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5281 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5282 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5290 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5291 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5292 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5294 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5295 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5296 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5297 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5298 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5299 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5300 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5301 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5311 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5312 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5313 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5314 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5319 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5320 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5323 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5324 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5327 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5328 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5329 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5330 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5335 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5336 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5337 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5343 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5345 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5346 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5347 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5348 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5350 if ((hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5351 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5352 && hmips
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
5353 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5354 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5355 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
))
5356 /* If we've encountered any other relocation
5357 referencing the symbol, we'll have marked it as
5358 dynamic, and, even though we might be able to get
5359 rid of the GOT entry should we know for sure all
5360 previous relocations were GOT_PAGE ones, at this
5361 point we can't tell, so just keep using the
5362 symbol as dynamic. This is very important in the
5363 multi-got case, since we don't decide whether to
5364 decay GOT_PAGE to GOT_DISP on a per-GOT basis: if
5365 the symbol is dynamic, we'll need a GOT entry for
5366 every GOT in which the symbol is referenced with
5367 a GOT_PAGE relocation. */
5368 && hmips
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
5374 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5375 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5376 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5377 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5378 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5385 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5386 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5390 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5394 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5397 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5398 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5399 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5400 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5401 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5402 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5403 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5404 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5405 relocations against the text segment. */
5406 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5410 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5412 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5413 defined in a dynamic object. */
5414 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5415 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5416 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5417 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5418 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5419 are relocations against the text segment. */
5420 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5423 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5424 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5425 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5426 dynamic relocations against it. */
5430 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5431 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5433 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5434 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5439 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5440 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5441 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5445 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5446 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5447 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5448 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5449 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5450 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5453 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5454 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5455 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5456 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5460 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5461 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5462 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5463 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5471 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5472 related to taking the function's address. */
5478 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5480 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5481 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5485 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5486 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5490 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5491 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5492 References from a stub section do not count. */
5494 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5495 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5496 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5497 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5498 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5499 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5500 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5504 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5505 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5513 _bfd_mips_relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, again
)
5516 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
5519 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5520 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5522 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5523 bfd_byte
*free_contents
= NULL
;
5525 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5526 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5529 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5532 if (link_info
->relocateable
)
5535 internal_relocs
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
5536 (abfd
, sec
, (PTR
) NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5537 link_info
->keep_memory
));
5538 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5541 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5542 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5543 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5544 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5546 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5549 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5550 unsigned int r_type
;
5551 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5553 unsigned long instruction
;
5555 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5556 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5557 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5558 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5559 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5562 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5563 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5564 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5567 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5568 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5570 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5571 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5572 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5574 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5576 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5577 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5578 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5579 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5580 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5583 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5584 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5585 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5586 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5587 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5589 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5593 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5595 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5596 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5598 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5599 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5600 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5601 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5603 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5607 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5608 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5610 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5611 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5612 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5613 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5616 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5617 symval
= isym
->st_value
5618 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5619 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5622 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5624 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5625 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5627 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5628 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5633 /* Check that it's in range. */
5634 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5637 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5638 if (contents
== NULL
)
5640 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5641 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5642 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5645 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (sec
->_raw_size
);
5646 if (contents
== NULL
)
5649 free_contents
= contents
;
5650 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
5651 (file_ptr
) 0, sec
->_raw_size
))
5656 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5658 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5659 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5660 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5661 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5662 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5663 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5667 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5668 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5669 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5672 if (contents
!= NULL
5673 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5675 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5679 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5680 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5686 if (free_contents
!= NULL
)
5687 free (free_contents
);
5691 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5692 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5693 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5694 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5698 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
)
5699 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5700 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5706 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5708 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5709 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5710 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5711 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5712 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5713 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5714 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5715 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5716 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5717 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5719 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5720 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5722 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5723 if (! info
->relocateable
5724 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5725 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5726 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5727 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5729 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5730 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5731 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5732 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5733 against the text segment. */
5734 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5737 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5738 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5739 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5741 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5744 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5745 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5746 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5747 executable and the shared library. */
5748 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5750 /* We need .stub section. */
5751 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5752 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5753 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5755 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5756 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5758 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5759 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5761 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5762 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5764 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5765 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5769 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5770 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5772 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5773 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5774 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5778 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5779 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5780 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5781 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5783 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5784 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5785 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5786 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5790 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5791 is not a function. */
5796 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5797 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5798 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5801 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5803 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5809 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5811 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5812 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5815 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5816 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5818 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
,
5819 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5821 if (! (info
->relocateable
5822 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5823 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5824 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
,
5827 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5829 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5832 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5836 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5837 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5839 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5841 asection
*subsection
;
5843 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5845 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5847 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5849 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5850 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5854 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5855 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5856 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5857 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5859 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5862 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5863 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5865 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5866 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5869 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5870 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5872 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5874 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5875 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5876 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5878 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5879 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5881 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5882 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5884 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5885 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5891 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5894 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5896 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5900 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5903 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5905 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5907 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5910 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5911 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5913 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5915 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5919 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5920 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5923 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5928 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5929 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5930 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5932 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5937 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5939 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5941 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5942 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5943 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5944 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5945 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5946 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5948 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5949 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5954 const char *outname
;
5957 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5958 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5959 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5960 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5961 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5963 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5965 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5967 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5968 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5969 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5972 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5973 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5974 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5977 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5978 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5979 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5980 will move them around between input sections'
5981 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5982 broken, so don't let it run. */
5983 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5986 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5988 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5989 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5990 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5992 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5993 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5994 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5995 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5999 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6000 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6002 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6003 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6005 unsigned int save_assign
;
6007 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6009 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6010 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6011 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6012 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6013 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6014 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6015 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6016 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6017 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6018 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6019 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6021 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6024 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6025 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6026 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6027 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6032 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6035 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6037 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6038 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6039 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6041 else if (! info
->shared
6042 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6043 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6045 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6046 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6049 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6050 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6051 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6052 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6053 s
->_raw_size
= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym
)
6054 * (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
6055 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
)));
6056 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6058 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6064 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6068 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6069 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
6070 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
6072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6077 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6079 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6080 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6081 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6082 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6083 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6086 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6087 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6088 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6090 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6092 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6098 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6099 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6101 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6106 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6107 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6109 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6111 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6115 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6118 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6120 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6123 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6126 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6130 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6132 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
, 0))
6136 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6138 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
, 0))
6142 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".conflict") != NULL
)
6144 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
, 0))
6147 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".liblist");
6148 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
, 0))
6154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6161 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6162 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6167 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6172 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6176 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6179 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6182 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6188 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6191 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6192 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6195 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6196 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6197 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6198 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6201 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym")
6202 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_MSYM
, 0))
6209 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6212 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
6213 contents
, relocs
, local_syms
, local_sections
)
6215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6217 asection
*input_section
;
6219 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
6220 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
6221 asection
**local_sections
;
6223 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6224 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6226 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6227 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6229 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6230 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6231 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6235 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6236 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6237 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6239 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6240 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6241 const char * msg
= (const char *) NULL
;
6243 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6244 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6246 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6247 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6248 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6249 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6250 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6251 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6252 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6254 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6256 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6260 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6261 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6262 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6263 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6264 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6267 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6269 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6271 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6272 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6273 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6274 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6275 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6276 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6277 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6278 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6279 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6280 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6281 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6283 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6284 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6286 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6287 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6289 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6290 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6292 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6293 combination of the addend stored in two different
6295 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6296 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6297 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6298 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6299 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6302 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6303 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6306 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6307 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6308 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6309 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6312 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6313 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6314 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6317 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6319 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6322 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6323 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6324 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6325 input_bfd
, contents
);
6326 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6327 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6328 l
= mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6332 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6335 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6336 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6337 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6338 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6339 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6340 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6341 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6342 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6343 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6345 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6347 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6348 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6350 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6351 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6356 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6359 if (info
->relocateable
)
6361 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6362 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6364 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6365 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6368 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6369 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6370 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6371 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6372 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6373 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
6375 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6377 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6380 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6381 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6382 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6383 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6384 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6385 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6387 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6388 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6389 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6390 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6391 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6393 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6395 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6396 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6397 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6399 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6400 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6401 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6402 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6403 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6404 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6405 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6408 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6409 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6410 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6411 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6414 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6415 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6416 destination mask because the place to which we are
6417 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6419 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6420 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6422 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6423 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6424 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6425 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6426 but for endianness. */
6432 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6434 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6441 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6442 do two separate stores. */
6443 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6445 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6447 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6453 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6455 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6456 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6457 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6458 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6462 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6463 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6468 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6472 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6473 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6474 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6476 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6477 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6478 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6479 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6481 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6483 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6485 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6486 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6487 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6488 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6489 local_sections
, &value
,
6490 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6491 use_saved_addend_p
))
6493 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6494 /* There's nothing to do. */
6497 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6498 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6499 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6500 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6501 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6504 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6505 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6506 info
->callbacks
->warning
6507 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6510 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6511 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6512 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6513 a given location. */
6517 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6518 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6519 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6520 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6533 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6534 until we reach the last one. */
6535 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6541 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6542 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6543 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6544 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6545 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6546 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6547 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6548 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6554 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6556 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6563 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6564 do two separate stores. */
6565 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6567 /* Undo what we did above. */
6569 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6571 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6577 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6579 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6580 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6581 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6582 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6586 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6587 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6588 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6589 contents
, require_jalx
))
6596 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6597 adjust it appropriately now. */
6600 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd
, name
, sym
)
6601 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6603 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6605 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6606 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6607 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6610 "__dso_displacement",
6612 "__program_header_table",
6616 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6624 const char* const *p
;
6627 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6628 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6631 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6633 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6635 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6637 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6639 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6641 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6647 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6648 dynamic sections here. */
6651 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, info
, h
, sym
)
6653 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6654 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6655 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6661 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6663 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6665 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6666 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6667 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6669 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6672 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6674 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6676 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6678 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6679 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6680 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6682 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6683 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6686 /* Fill the stub. */
6687 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6688 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6689 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6690 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6692 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6693 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6695 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6696 only for the referenced symbol. */
6697 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6699 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6700 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6701 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6702 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6703 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6706 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6707 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6709 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6710 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6711 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6712 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6713 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6715 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6716 the symbols that need them. */
6717 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6718 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6724 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6727 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6728 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6729 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6730 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6731 in a shared object.) */
6733 if ((info
->shared
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6734 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6737 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6739 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6740 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6743 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6745 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6748 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6753 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6755 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6758 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6759 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6761 else if (sym
->st_value
)
6762 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6764 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6766 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6767 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6769 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6772 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6776 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6778 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6781 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6783 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6784 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6785 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6786 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6787 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6788 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6789 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, value
, &addend
, sgot
)))
6791 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6796 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6797 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6800 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6802 msym
.ms_hash_value
= bfd_elf_hash (h
->root
.root
.string
);
6803 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6805 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (mh
->min_dyn_reloc_index
, 1);
6806 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6808 ((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
) + h
->dynindx
);
6811 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6812 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6813 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6814 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6815 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6816 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6817 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6819 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6820 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6823 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6825 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6826 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6827 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6829 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6831 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6832 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6834 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6835 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6837 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6839 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6841 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6842 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6843 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6844 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6846 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6848 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6849 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6850 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6851 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6855 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6856 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6857 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6861 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6862 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6863 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6865 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6866 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6867 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6868 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, s
->contents
);
6869 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6870 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6872 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6873 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6875 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6876 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6877 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6878 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6880 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6884 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6885 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
6886 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
6892 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6895 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
6897 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6902 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6904 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6906 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6908 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6913 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6914 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6915 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6916 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6917 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6920 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6924 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6925 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6927 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6928 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6929 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6931 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6935 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6937 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6938 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6940 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6946 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6947 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6948 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6952 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6954 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6960 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6963 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6966 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6967 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6968 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6971 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6972 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6976 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6979 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
6981 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Conflict
);
6984 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
6986 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6988 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6991 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
6992 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
6994 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7000 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7001 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7004 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7009 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7014 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7015 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7016 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7017 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7020 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7021 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7024 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7025 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7026 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7027 referenced within the same object. */
7028 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7031 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7032 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7034 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7037 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7038 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7039 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7041 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7043 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7044 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7045 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7047 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7048 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7050 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7053 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7054 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7057 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7058 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7061 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7062 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7063 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7064 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7068 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".msym"));
7069 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7078 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7083 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7084 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7085 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7086 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
7088 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
7089 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
7090 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7094 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7095 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7097 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7098 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7100 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7103 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7104 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7106 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7108 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
7110 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
7111 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7113 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7118 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7120 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7121 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7122 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7123 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7124 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7127 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7135 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7137 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
7138 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
7139 symbols. Should we do so? */
7141 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
7144 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
7146 msym
.ms_hash_value
= 0;
7147 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
7149 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7151 long dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
7153 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
7155 (((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
)
7160 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7162 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7163 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7167 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7169 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7170 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7173 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7174 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7177 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7178 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7179 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7182 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7184 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7185 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7186 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7187 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7192 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7194 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7197 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7199 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7201 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7202 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7203 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7204 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7206 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7207 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7208 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7216 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7219 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
)
7224 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7227 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7228 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7231 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7232 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7235 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7236 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7239 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7240 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7241 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7242 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7243 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7246 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7247 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7250 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7251 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7254 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7255 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7258 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7259 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7262 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7263 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7266 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7267 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7270 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7271 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7274 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7275 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7276 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7277 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7278 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7281 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7282 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7285 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7286 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7289 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7290 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7293 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7294 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7297 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7298 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7301 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7302 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7307 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7308 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7309 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7312 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
)
7314 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7317 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7321 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7322 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7323 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7324 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7325 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7327 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7328 info for each special section. */
7329 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7330 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7333 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7336 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7337 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7339 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7342 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7343 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7344 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7345 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7346 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7347 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7348 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7349 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7352 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7353 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7354 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7355 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7356 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7357 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7358 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7359 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7360 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7361 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7364 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7365 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7367 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7368 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7370 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7373 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7374 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7375 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7376 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7377 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7378 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7379 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7382 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7383 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7384 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7386 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7388 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7389 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7396 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7400 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd
)
7406 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7407 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7408 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7411 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7412 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7413 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7414 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7417 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7418 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7419 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7420 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7426 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7429 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
)
7433 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7436 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7438 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7439 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7441 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7442 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7447 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7451 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7455 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7456 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7458 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7459 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7467 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7468 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7469 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7472 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7473 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7474 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7476 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7478 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7479 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7484 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7486 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7487 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7488 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7489 options segment at the end. */
7490 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7493 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7496 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7497 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7498 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7499 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7500 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7501 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7502 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7503 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7504 *pm
= options_segment
;
7509 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7511 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7512 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7513 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7514 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7515 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7517 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7518 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7523 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7527 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7529 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7534 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7542 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7543 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7544 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7554 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7555 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7557 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7559 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7562 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7564 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7565 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7566 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7567 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7568 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7570 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7571 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7575 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7577 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7579 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7583 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7587 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7589 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7590 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7596 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7599 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7605 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7606 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7609 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7610 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7613 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7614 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7621 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7623 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7626 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7627 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7641 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7645 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
)
7647 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7648 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7650 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7652 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7656 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7658 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7659 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7663 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7665 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7666 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7667 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7669 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7670 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7678 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7683 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7686 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
7687 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7688 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7689 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7690 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7693 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7694 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7695 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7696 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7697 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7698 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7700 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7701 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7702 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7704 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7705 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7706 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7710 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7711 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7712 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7713 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7714 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7715 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7716 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7717 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7718 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7719 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7730 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7731 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7732 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7733 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7736 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed
, dir
, ind
)
7737 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
, *ind
;
7740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7742 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7744 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7747 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7748 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7749 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7750 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7751 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7752 if (dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
7753 || (indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
!= 0
7754 && indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
< dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
7755 dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
;
7756 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7757 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7761 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
)
7762 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7763 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
;
7764 bfd_boolean force_local
;
7768 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7769 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7771 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7772 if (h
->forced_local
)
7774 h
->forced_local
= TRUE
;
7776 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7779 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7780 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7784 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7785 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7787 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7788 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7789 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7790 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7791 the upper limit of global entries. */
7796 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7797 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7799 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7804 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7805 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7806 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7807 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7808 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7810 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7811 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7814 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7815 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7816 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7819 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7821 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7822 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7824 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7830 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7836 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd
, cookie
, info
)
7838 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
;
7839 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7842 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7843 unsigned char *tdata
;
7846 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7849 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7851 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7853 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7854 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7857 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7861 cookie
->rels
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
7862 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
7863 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
7864 info
->keep_memory
));
7871 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7872 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7874 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
; i
++)
7876 if (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,reloc_symbol_deleted_p
) (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7885 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7886 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7892 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7893 free (cookie
->rels
);
7899 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
7902 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7908 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd
, sec
, contents
)
7913 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7916 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7919 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7923 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7924 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7926 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7928 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7931 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7934 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7935 (file_ptr
) sec
->output_offset
,
7940 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7941 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7943 struct mips_elf_find_line
7945 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7946 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7950 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
, filename_ptr
,
7951 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
)
7956 const char **filename_ptr
;
7957 const char **functionname_ptr
;
7958 unsigned int *line_ptr
;
7962 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7963 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7967 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7968 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7970 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0),
7971 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7974 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7978 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7979 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7980 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7982 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7983 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7984 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7985 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7986 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7987 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7989 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7992 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7995 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7996 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7998 fi
= (struct mips_elf_find_line
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8001 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8005 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8007 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8011 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8012 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8013 fi
->d
.fdr
= (struct fdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8014 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8016 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8019 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8020 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8021 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8022 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8023 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8024 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8025 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8029 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8030 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8031 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8032 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8033 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8034 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8037 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8038 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8041 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8045 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8048 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8050 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8051 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8055 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8056 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8057 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8060 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
, count
)
8065 bfd_size_type count
;
8067 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8071 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8073 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8074 section
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8075 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8078 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8083 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
8084 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
8086 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
8087 c
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
8090 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8093 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, (size_t) count
);
8096 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8100 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8101 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8104 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd
, link_info
, link_order
,
8105 data
, relocateable
, symbols
)
8107 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
8108 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
;
8110 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
8113 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8114 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8115 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8117 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8118 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8124 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type
) reloc_size
);
8125 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8128 /* read in the section */
8129 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
,
8133 input_section
->_raw_size
))
8136 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
8137 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
8138 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
8140 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8144 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8147 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8152 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8155 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8156 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8157 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8158 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8159 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8163 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8164 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8171 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8172 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8173 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8176 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8177 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8179 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8181 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8182 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8184 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8186 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8195 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= (arelent
*) NULL
;
8198 char *error_message
= (char *) NULL
;
8199 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8201 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8202 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8203 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8204 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8206 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8210 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8211 fall over on its own. */
8213 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8214 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8216 /* bypass special_function call */
8217 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8218 input_section
, relocateable
,
8220 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8222 /* end mips specific stuff */
8224 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
8228 relocateable
? abfd
: (bfd
*) NULL
,
8230 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8234 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8236 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8237 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8241 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8245 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8246 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8247 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8248 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8252 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8253 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= (char *) NULL
);
8254 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8255 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8256 (*parent
)->address
)))
8259 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8260 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8261 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8262 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8263 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8266 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8275 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8276 free (reloc_vector
);
8280 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8281 free (reloc_vector
);
8285 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8287 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8288 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
)
8291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8292 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8294 ret
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8295 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) NULL
)
8298 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8299 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8306 /* We no longer use this. */
8307 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8308 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8310 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8311 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8312 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8314 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8316 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8319 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8320 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8321 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8324 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
)
8326 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8330 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8331 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8332 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8333 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8334 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8335 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8336 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8337 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8338 PTR mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8344 static const char * const secname
[] =
8346 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8347 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8349 static const int sc
[] =
8351 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8352 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8355 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
8356 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
8357 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
8359 && !info
->relocateable
8360 && elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
8362 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8363 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8366 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8367 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8368 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8370 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8374 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8376 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8377 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8378 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8379 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8380 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8382 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8383 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8387 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8388 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8389 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8390 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8392 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8393 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8394 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8395 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8399 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8400 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8401 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8402 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8403 better off including it then not. */
8404 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8405 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8407 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8409 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8410 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8411 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8412 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8413 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8414 --abfd
->section_count
;
8420 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8421 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8422 to be better off including it than not. */
8423 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8425 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8427 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8428 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8429 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8430 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8431 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8432 --abfd
->section_count
;
8439 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8440 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8442 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8444 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8445 if (h
!= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
8446 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8447 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8448 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8449 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8450 else if (info
->relocateable
)
8452 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8454 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8455 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8457 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8460 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8461 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8465 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8466 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8467 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8471 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8475 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8476 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8477 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8479 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8481 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8483 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8484 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8485 the information together. */
8486 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8487 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8490 asection
*input_section
;
8492 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8495 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8497 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8502 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8503 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8505 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8506 size to be zero bytes. */
8507 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8508 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8510 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8513 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8516 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8518 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8519 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8520 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8521 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8522 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8524 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8525 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8526 finally written out. */
8528 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8529 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8530 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8533 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8534 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8536 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8537 matters, but someday it might). */
8538 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8543 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8545 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8548 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8549 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8550 the information together. */
8551 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8552 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8554 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8558 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8559 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8560 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8562 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8565 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8567 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8568 debug_info structure. */
8570 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8571 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8572 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8573 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8574 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8576 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8577 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8578 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8579 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8581 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8582 if (mdebug_handle
== (PTR
) NULL
)
8586 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8590 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8591 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8592 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8593 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8595 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8597 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8598 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8601 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8602 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8605 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8606 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8611 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8612 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8615 asection
*input_section
;
8617 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8618 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8622 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8624 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8629 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8630 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8632 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8633 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8634 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8636 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8637 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8638 want to deal with it. */
8642 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8643 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8645 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8647 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8648 read in the debugging information and set up an
8649 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8650 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8654 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8655 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8656 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8659 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8660 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8661 the linker global hash table and save the information
8662 for the output external symbols. */
8663 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8664 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8665 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8666 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8668 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8669 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8673 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8675 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, (PTR
) eraw_src
, &ext
);
8676 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8677 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8678 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8681 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8682 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8683 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8684 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8690 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8691 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8697 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8698 free (input_debug
.line
);
8699 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8700 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8701 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8702 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8703 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8704 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8705 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8706 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8707 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8708 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8710 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8711 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8712 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8715 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8717 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8718 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8719 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8721 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8722 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8724 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8725 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8726 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8727 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8731 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8737 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8740 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8742 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8743 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8744 mips_elf_output_extsym
,
8749 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8750 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8752 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8753 matters, but someday it might). */
8754 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8759 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8761 const char *subname
;
8764 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8767 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8768 information describing how the small data area would
8769 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8770 not used in executables files. */
8771 if (! info
->relocateable
)
8773 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8774 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8777 asection
*input_section
;
8779 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8781 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8786 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8788 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8789 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8790 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8793 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8794 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8795 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8797 /* Really remove the section. */
8798 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8800 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8802 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8803 --abfd
->section_count
;
8808 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8809 uninitialized data. */
8810 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8812 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8816 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8817 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8818 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8823 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8824 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8825 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8826 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8827 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8828 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8829 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8831 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8832 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8834 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8835 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8836 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8839 /* Set up the first entry. */
8841 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8842 tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8845 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8846 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8848 /* Combine the input sections. */
8849 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8850 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8853 asection
*input_section
;
8857 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8859 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8861 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8866 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8867 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8869 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8870 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8871 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8872 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8874 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8876 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8878 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8879 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8885 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8886 (input_bfd
, input_section
, (PTR
) &ext_gptab
,
8888 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8894 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8896 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8897 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8900 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8902 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8903 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8905 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8911 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8914 /* We need a new table entry. */
8915 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8916 new_tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_realloc ((PTR
) tab
, amt
);
8917 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8923 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8924 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8926 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8927 value, since that will be implied by this new
8930 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8932 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8934 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8935 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8939 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8940 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8945 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8948 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8949 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8950 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8953 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8955 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8957 /* Swap out the table. */
8958 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8959 ext_tab
= (Elf32_External_gptab
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8960 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8966 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8967 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8970 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8971 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8973 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8974 matters, but someday it might). */
8975 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8979 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8980 if (!MNAME(abfd
,bfd_elf
,bfd_final_link
) (abfd
, info
))
8983 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8985 if (reginfo_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8987 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8989 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8990 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, (PTR
) &ext
,
8992 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8996 if (mdebug_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8998 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8999 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9001 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9004 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9007 if (gptab_data_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9009 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9010 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9012 gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
9016 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9018 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9019 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9021 gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
9025 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9027 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9028 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9030 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9031 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9033 rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
9041 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9043 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9044 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9048 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9049 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9051 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9052 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9053 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9055 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9056 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9058 /* R10000 extensions. */
9059 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9061 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9062 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9063 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9064 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9065 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9066 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9067 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9069 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9070 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9071 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9072 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9074 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9075 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9076 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9078 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9079 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9080 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9081 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9082 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9083 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9084 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9085 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9087 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9088 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9090 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9091 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9092 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9094 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9095 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9096 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9100 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9103 mips_mach_extends_p (base
, extension
)
9104 unsigned long base
, extension
;
9108 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9109 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9110 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9112 return extension
== base
;
9116 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9119 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags
)
9122 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9123 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9124 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9125 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9126 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9127 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9128 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9132 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9133 object file when linking. */
9136 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
)
9143 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9146 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9147 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9150 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9151 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9154 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9155 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9156 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9158 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9160 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9161 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9162 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9163 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9165 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9166 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9168 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9169 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9176 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9178 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9179 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9181 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9182 doesn't seem to matter. */
9183 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9184 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9186 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9189 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9190 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9191 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9192 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9194 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9195 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9196 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9197 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9198 && ((!strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9199 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9200 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))
9201 && sec
->_raw_size
!= 0))
9203 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9212 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9214 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9215 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9216 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9217 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9218 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9222 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9224 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9225 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9226 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9227 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
9228 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9232 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9233 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9235 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9236 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9237 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9240 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9242 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9243 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9245 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9246 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9247 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9248 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9249 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9250 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9251 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9253 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9254 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9255 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9256 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9257 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9258 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9262 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9263 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9264 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9265 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9266 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9267 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9272 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9273 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9275 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9276 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9277 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9278 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9279 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9281 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9282 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9283 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9284 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9286 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9287 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9288 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9289 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9290 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9293 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9294 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9297 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9298 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9300 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9302 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9303 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9306 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9307 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9309 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9310 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9311 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9312 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9318 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9325 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9328 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd
, flags
)
9332 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9333 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9335 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9336 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9341 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
)
9345 FILE *file
= (FILE *) ptr
;
9347 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9349 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9350 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9352 /* xgettext:c-format */
9353 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9355 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9356 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9357 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9358 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9359 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9360 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9361 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9362 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9363 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9364 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9365 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9366 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9367 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9368 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9370 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9372 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9373 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9374 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9375 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9376 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9377 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9378 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9379 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9380 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9381 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9382 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9383 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9384 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9385 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9386 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9387 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9389 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9391 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9392 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9394 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9395 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9397 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9398 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9400 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));